Sema.h revision cefc3afac14d29de5aba7810cc8fe6c858949e9d
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
42#include <deque>
43#include <string>
44
45namespace llvm {
46  class APSInt;
47  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
48  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
49  class SmallBitVector;
50}
51
52namespace clang {
53  class ADLResult;
54  class ASTConsumer;
55  class ASTContext;
56  class ASTMutationListener;
57  class ASTReader;
58  class ASTWriter;
59  class ArrayType;
60  class AttributeList;
61  class BlockDecl;
62  class CXXBasePath;
63  class CXXBasePaths;
64  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
65  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
66  class CXXConstructorDecl;
67  class CXXConversionDecl;
68  class CXXDestructorDecl;
69  class CXXFieldCollector;
70  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
71  class CXXMethodDecl;
72  class CXXScopeSpec;
73  class CXXTemporary;
74  class CXXTryStmt;
75  class CallExpr;
76  class ClassTemplateDecl;
77  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
78  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
79  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
80  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
81  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
82  class CodeCompletionResult;
83  class Decl;
84  class DeclAccessPair;
85  class DeclContext;
86  class DeclRefExpr;
87  class DeclaratorDecl;
88  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
89  class DependentDiagnostic;
90  class DesignatedInitExpr;
91  class Designation;
92  class EnumConstantDecl;
93  class Expr;
94  class ExtVectorType;
95  class ExternalSemaSource;
96  class FormatAttr;
97  class FriendDecl;
98  class FunctionDecl;
99  class FunctionProtoType;
100  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
101  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
102  class InitListExpr;
103  class InitializationKind;
104  class InitializationSequence;
105  class InitializedEntity;
106  class IntegerLiteral;
107  class LabelStmt;
108  class LambdaExpr;
109  class LangOptions;
110  class LocalInstantiationScope;
111  class LookupResult;
112  class MacroInfo;
113  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
114  class NamedDecl;
115  class NonNullAttr;
116  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
117  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
118  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
119  class ObjCContainerDecl;
120  class ObjCImplDecl;
121  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
122  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
123  class ObjCIvarDecl;
124  template <class T> class ObjCList;
125  class ObjCMessageExpr;
126  class ObjCMethodDecl;
127  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
128  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
129  class OverloadCandidateSet;
130  class OverloadExpr;
131  class ParenListExpr;
132  class ParmVarDecl;
133  class Preprocessor;
134  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
135  class PseudoObjectExpr;
136  class QualType;
137  class StandardConversionSequence;
138  class Stmt;
139  class StringLiteral;
140  class SwitchStmt;
141  class TargetAttributesSema;
142  class TemplateArgument;
143  class TemplateArgumentList;
144  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
145  class TemplateDecl;
146  class TemplateParameterList;
147  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
148  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
149  class Token;
150  class TypeAliasDecl;
151  class TypedefDecl;
152  class TypedefNameDecl;
153  class TypeLoc;
154  class UnqualifiedId;
155  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
156  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
157  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
158  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
159  class UsingDecl;
160  class UsingShadowDecl;
161  class ValueDecl;
162  class VarDecl;
163  class VisibilityAttr;
164  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
165  class IndirectFieldDecl;
166
167namespace sema {
168  class AccessedEntity;
169  class BlockScopeInfo;
170  class CompoundScopeInfo;
171  class DelayedDiagnostic;
172  class FunctionScopeInfo;
173  class LambdaScopeInfo;
174  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
175  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
176}
177
178// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
179// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
180typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
181                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
182
183/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
184class Sema {
185  Sema(const Sema&);           // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
186  void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
187  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
188public:
189  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
190  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
191  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
192
193  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
194  FPOptions FPFeatures;
195
196  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
197  Preprocessor &PP;
198  ASTContext &Context;
199  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
200  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
201  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
202
203  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
204  bool CollectStats;
205
206  /// \brief Source of additional semantic information.
207  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
208
209  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
210  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
211
212  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
213  DeclContext *CurContext;
214
215  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
216  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
217  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
218
219  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
220  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
221  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
222
223  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment
224  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
225  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
226
227  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on
228
229  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility.
230  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
231
232  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
233  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
234  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
235
236  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
237  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
238  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
239  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
240
241  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs;
242
243  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
244  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
245  ///
246  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
247  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
248  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
249  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
250
251  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
252                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
253    ExtVectorDeclsType;
254
255  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
256  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
257  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
258  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
259
260  /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the
261  /// definitions being hidden.
262  ///
263  /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics.
264  llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions;
265
266  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
267  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
268
269  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
270
271  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
272  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
273  /// same list more than once.
274  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
275
276  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
277  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
279
280  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
281  /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name.
282  ///
283  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
284  /// scoped, e.g.,
285  ///
286  /// \code
287  /// void f() {
288  ///   void foo(int, int);
289  /// }
290  /// \endcode
291  ///
292  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on
293  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
294  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
295  ///
296  ///   - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we
297  ///     can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types
298  ///     of this external declaration can be checked for
299  ///     compatibility.
300  ///
301  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
302  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
303  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
304  ///     not visible.
305  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls;
306
307  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name.
308  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
309  findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name);
310
311  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
312                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
313    TentativeDefinitionsType;
314
315  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
316  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
317
318  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
319                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
320    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
321
322  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
323  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
324  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
325
326  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
327                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
328    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
329
330  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
331  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
332  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
333
334  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
335  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
336  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
337  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
338                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
339      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
340
341  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
342  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
343  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
344  void *OpaqueParser;
345
346  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
347    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
348    OpaqueParser = P;
349  }
350
351  class DelayedDiagnostics;
352
353  class ParsingDeclState {
354    unsigned SavedStackSize;
355    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
356  };
357
358  class ProcessingContextState {
359    unsigned SavedParsingDepth;
360    unsigned SavedActiveStackBase;
361    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
362  };
363
364  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
365  /// during parsing and other processing.
366  class DelayedDiagnostics {
367    /// \brief The stack of diagnostics that were delayed due to being
368    /// produced during the parsing of a declaration.
369    sema::DelayedDiagnostic *Stack;
370
371    /// \brief The number of objects on the delayed-diagnostics stack.
372    unsigned StackSize;
373
374    /// \brief The current capacity of the delayed-diagnostics stack.
375    unsigned StackCapacity;
376
377    /// \brief The index of the first "active" delayed diagnostic in
378    /// the stack.  When parsing class definitions, we ignore active
379    /// delayed diagnostics from the surrounding context.
380    unsigned ActiveStackBase;
381
382    /// \brief The depth of the declarations we're currently parsing.
383    /// This gets saved and reset whenever we enter a class definition.
384    unsigned ParsingDepth;
385
386  public:
387    DelayedDiagnostics() : Stack(0), StackSize(0), StackCapacity(0),
388      ActiveStackBase(0), ParsingDepth(0) {}
389
390    ~DelayedDiagnostics() {
391      delete[] reinterpret_cast<char*>(Stack);
392    }
393
394    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
395    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag);
396
397    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
398    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return ParsingDepth > 0; }
399
400    /// Observe that we've started parsing a declaration.  Access and
401    /// deprecation diagnostics will be delayed; when the declaration
402    /// is completed, all active delayed diagnostics will be evaluated
403    /// in its context, and then active diagnostics stack will be
404    /// popped down to the saved depth.
405    ParsingDeclState pushParsingDecl() {
406      ParsingDepth++;
407
408      ParsingDeclState state;
409      state.SavedStackSize = StackSize;
410      return state;
411    }
412
413    /// Observe that we're completed parsing a declaration.
414    static void popParsingDecl(Sema &S, ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
415
416    /// Observe that we've started processing a different context, the
417    /// contents of which are semantically separate from the
418    /// declarations it may lexically appear in.  This sets aside the
419    /// current stack of active diagnostics and starts afresh.
420    ProcessingContextState pushContext() {
421      assert(StackSize >= ActiveStackBase);
422
423      ProcessingContextState state;
424      state.SavedParsingDepth = ParsingDepth;
425      state.SavedActiveStackBase = ActiveStackBase;
426
427      ActiveStackBase = StackSize;
428      ParsingDepth = 0;
429
430      return state;
431    }
432
433    /// Observe that we've stopped processing a context.  This
434    /// restores the previous stack of active diagnostics.
435    void popContext(ProcessingContextState state) {
436      assert(ActiveStackBase == StackSize);
437      assert(ParsingDepth == 0);
438      ActiveStackBase = state.SavedActiveStackBase;
439      ParsingDepth = state.SavedParsingDepth;
440    }
441  } DelayedDiagnostics;
442
443  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
444  class ContextRAII {
445  private:
446    Sema &S;
447    DeclContext *SavedContext;
448    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
449    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
450
451  public:
452    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
453      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
454        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushContext()),
455        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
456    {
457      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
458      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
459    }
460
461    void pop() {
462      if (!SavedContext) return;
463      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
464      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popContext(SavedContextState);
465      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
466      SavedContext = 0;
467    }
468
469    ~ContextRAII() {
470      pop();
471    }
472  };
473
474  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
475  /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
476  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
477  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
478
479  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
480  /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
481  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
482  /// in the currently selected standard.
483  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
484
485
486  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
487  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
488
489  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
490  /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
491  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
492  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
493  /// It would be best to refactor this.
494  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
495
496  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
497
498  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
499  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
500  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
501  Scope *TUScope;
502
503  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
504  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
505
506  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
507  /// standard library.
508  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
509
510  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
511  /// <initializer_list>.
512  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
513
514  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>.
515  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
516
517  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
518  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
519
520  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
521  llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
522
523  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
524  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
525
526  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
527  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
528
529  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
530  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
531
532  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
533  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
534
535  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
536  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
537
538  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
539  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
540
541  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
542  QualType QIDNSCopying;
543
544  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
545  /// have been declared.
546  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
547
548  /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc]
549  /// call was found yet.
550  bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc;
551  /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize]
552  /// call was found yet.
553  bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize;
554
555  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
556  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
557  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
558    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
559    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
560    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
561    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
562    /// run time.
563    Unevaluated,
564
565    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
566    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
567    /// cases in a switch statment).
568    ConstantEvaluated,
569
570    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
571    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
572    /// expression at run time.
573    PotentiallyEvaluated,
574
575    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
576    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
577    /// in fact the current expression is used.
578    ///
579    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
580    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
581    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
582    /// until the default argument is used.
583    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
584  };
585
586  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
587  /// expression evaluation contexts.
588  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
589    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
590    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
591
592    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
593    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
594
595    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
596    bool IsDecltype;
597
598    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
599    /// this expression evaluation context.
600    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
601
602    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
603
604    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
605    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
606    llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
607
608    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
609    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
610    /// default function argument.
611    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
612
613    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
614    /// within this context.
615    ///
616    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
617    /// do not have lambda expressions.
618    LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle;
619
620    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
621    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
622    llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
623
624    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
625    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
626    llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
627
628    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
629                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
630                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
631                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
632                                      bool IsDecltype)
633      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
634        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
635        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
636
637    ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() {
638      delete LambdaMangle;
639    }
640
641    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
642    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
643      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
644      if (!LambdaMangle)
645        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
646      return *LambdaMangle;
647    }
648  };
649
650  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
651  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
652
653  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
654  /// function.
655  ///
656  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bit of the
657  /// integer is used to determine whether we have a parameter qualification
658  /// match, the second-lowest is whether we had success in resolving the
659  /// overload to a unique non-deleted function.
660  ///
661  /// The ConstParamMatch bit represents whether, when looking up a copy
662  /// constructor or assignment operator, we found a potential copy
663  /// constructor/assignment operator whose first parameter is const-qualified.
664  /// This is used for determining parameter types of other objects and is
665  /// utterly meaningless on other types of special members.
666  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
667  public:
668    enum Kind {
669      NoMemberOrDeleted,
670      Ambiguous,
671      SuccessNonConst,
672      SuccessConst
673    };
674
675  private:
676    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
677
678  public:
679    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
680      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
681    {}
682
683    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
684    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
685
686    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
687    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
688
689    bool hasSuccess() const { return getKind() >= SuccessNonConst; }
690    bool hasConstParamMatch() const { return getKind() == SuccessConst; }
691  };
692
693  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
694  /// for C++ records.
695  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
696
697  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
698  ///
699  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
700  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
701  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
702  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
703  /// checks.
704  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
705
706  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
707
708  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
709  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
710
711  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
712    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
713
714  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
715  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
716  ///
717  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
718  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
719  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
720  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
721  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
722
723  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
724  // argument locations.
725  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
726
727  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with
728  /// internal linkage in this translation unit.
729  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals;
730
731  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
732  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
733
734  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
735  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
736  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
737  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
738  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
739
740  /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation
741  /// of -Wselector.
742  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
743
744  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
745
746  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
747  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
748
749  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
750  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
751  /// should not be used elsewhere.
752  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
753
754public:
755  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
756       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
757       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
758  ~Sema();
759
760  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
761  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
762  void Initialize();
763
764  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
765  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
766  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
767
768  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
769  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
770  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
771  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
772  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
773  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
774  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
775
776  void PrintStats() const;
777
778  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
779  /// template instantiation stacks.
780  ///
781  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
782  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
783  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
784  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
785  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
786  /// well.
787  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
788    Sema &SemaRef;
789    unsigned DiagID;
790
791  public:
792    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
793      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
794
795    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
796      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
797      if (!isActive()) return;
798
799      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
800      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
801      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
802      //
803      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
804      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
805      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
806      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
807      // eliminate that code.
808      FlushCounts();
809      Clear();
810
811      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
812      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
813    }
814  };
815
816  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
817  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
818    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
819    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
820  }
821
822  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
823  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
824
825  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
826  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
827
828  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
829
830  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
831  const char *getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
832
833  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
834  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
835  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
836
837  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
838
839  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
840
841  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
842
843  void PushFunctionScope();
844  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
845  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
846  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
847                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
848
849  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
850    return FunctionScopes.back();
851  }
852
853  void PushCompoundScope();
854  void PopCompoundScope();
855
856  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
857
858  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
859
860  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
861  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
862
863  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
864  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
865
866  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls
867  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
868
869  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
870  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
871  //
872
873  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs);
874  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) {
875    return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR));
876  }
877  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
878                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
879  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
880                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
881  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
882                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
883                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
884  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
885                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
886  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
887                             QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes,
888                             bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn,
889                             unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier,
890                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
891                             FunctionType::ExtInfo Info);
892  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
893                                  SourceLocation Loc,
894                                  DeclarationName Entity);
895  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
896                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
897  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
898  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
899
900  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
901  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
902  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
903                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
904  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
905  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
906  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
907  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
908  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
909  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range);
910  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
911  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
912  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
913      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
914      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
915  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
916      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
917      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
918      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
919      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
920      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
921      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
922      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
923  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
924      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
925      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
926      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
927  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
928      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
929      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
930
931  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
932
933  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
934  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
935  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
936
937  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
938                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
939                           std::pair<SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic> Note);
940  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
941                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
942  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
943                           unsigned DiagID);
944  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
945                               std::pair<SourceLocation,
946                                         PartialDiagnostic> Note);
947
948  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
949                          const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
950
951  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
952                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
953
954  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
955  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
956  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
957                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
958                                   SourceLocation Loc);
959
960  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
961  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
962  //
963
964  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
965  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
966  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
967  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
968  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
969  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
970  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
971  /// such as:
972  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
973  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
974
975  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
976
977  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
978
979  ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
980                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
981                         bool isClassName = false,
982                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
983                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
984                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
985                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
986                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
987  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
988  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
989  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
990                               SourceLocation IILoc,
991                               Scope *S,
992                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
993                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
994
995  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
996  /// by \c ClassifyName().
997  enum NameClassificationKind {
998    NC_Unknown,
999    NC_Error,
1000    NC_Keyword,
1001    NC_Type,
1002    NC_Expression,
1003    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1004    NC_TypeTemplate,
1005    NC_FunctionTemplate
1006  };
1007
1008  class NameClassification {
1009    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1010    ExprResult Expr;
1011    TemplateName Template;
1012    ParsedType Type;
1013    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1014
1015    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1016
1017  public:
1018    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1019
1020    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1021
1022    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1023      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1024
1025    static NameClassification Error() {
1026      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1027    }
1028
1029    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1030      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1031    }
1032
1033    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1034      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1035    }
1036
1037    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1038      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1039      Result.Template = Name;
1040      return Result;
1041    }
1042
1043    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1044      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1045      Result.Template = Name;
1046      return Result;
1047    }
1048
1049    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1050
1051    ParsedType getType() const {
1052      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1053      return Type;
1054    }
1055
1056    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1057      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1058      return Expr;
1059    }
1060
1061    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1062      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1063      return Template;
1064    }
1065
1066    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1067      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1068      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1069    }
1070};
1071
1072  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1073  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1074  ///
1075  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1076  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1077  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1078  ///
1079  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1080  ///
1081  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1082  ///
1083  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1084  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1085  ///
1086  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1087  ///
1088  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1089  /// disambiguate the name.
1090  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1091                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1092                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1093                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1094                                  const Token &NextToken);
1095
1096  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1097
1098  Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1099                         MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1100  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1101                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1102                                        Scope *S);
1103  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1104  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1105                                    DeclarationName Name,
1106                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1107  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D);
1108  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1109  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1110  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1111  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1112  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1113                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1114                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1115  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1116                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1117  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1118                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1119                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1120                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1121  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1122  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1123  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1124  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1125  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1126  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1127                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1128                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1129                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1130                                     bool &AddToScope);
1131  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1132
1133  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1134  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1135
1136  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1137  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1138  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1139                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1140                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1141  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1142  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1143  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1144                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1145                                          QualType T);
1146  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1147                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1148                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1149                              StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten);
1150  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1151                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1152                                 Expr *defarg);
1153  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1154                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1155                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1156  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1157  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1158                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1159
1160  void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E);
1161  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1162                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1163  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1164  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1165  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1166  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1167  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1168  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1169  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1170                                         Decl **Group,
1171                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1172  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1173                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1174  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1175                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1176  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1177  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1178  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1179  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1180
1181  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1182  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1183  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1184
1185  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1186  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1187  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1188
1189  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1190  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1191  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1192                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1193
1194  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1195  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1196  /// specified threshold.
1197  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1198                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1199                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1200                                              NamedDecl *D);
1201
1202  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1203  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1204                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1205                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1206
1207  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1208  ///
1209  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1210  ///
1211  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1212  ///
1213  /// \param Path The module access path.
1214  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1215                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1216
1217  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1218  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1219    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1220  }
1221
1222  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1223  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1224                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1225
1226  /// Scope actions.
1227  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1228  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1229
1230  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1231                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1232  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1233                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1234                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
1235
1236  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1237                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1238                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1239
1240  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1241                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1242
1243  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1244                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1245                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1246                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1247
1248  enum TagUseKind {
1249    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1250    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1251    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1252    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1253  };
1254
1255  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1256                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1257                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1258                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1259                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1260                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1261                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1262                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1263                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1264
1265  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1266                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1267                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1268                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1269                                AttributeList *Attr,
1270                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1271
1272  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1273                               unsigned TagSpec,
1274                               TagUseKind TUK,
1275                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1276                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1277                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1278                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1279
1280  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1281                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1282                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1283  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1284                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1285
1286  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1287                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit,
1288                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1289
1290  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1291                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1292                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1293                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit,
1294                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1295                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1296                            Declarator *D = 0);
1297
1298  enum CXXSpecialMember {
1299    CXXDefaultConstructor,
1300    CXXCopyConstructor,
1301    CXXMoveConstructor,
1302    CXXCopyAssignment,
1303    CXXMoveAssignment,
1304    CXXDestructor,
1305    CXXInvalid
1306  };
1307  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1308  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem);
1309  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1310  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1311                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1312  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1313                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1314                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1315
1316  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1317  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1318                   llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1319                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1320                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1321
1322  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1323  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1324  /// struct, or union).
1325  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1326
1327  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1328
1329  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1330  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1331  /// member declarations.
1332  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1333                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1334                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1335
1336  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1337  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1338  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1339                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1340
1341  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1342
1343  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1344  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1345  ///
1346  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1347  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1348  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1349
1350  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1351  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1352  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1353
1354  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1355                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1356                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1357                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1358                                      Expr *val);
1359  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1360  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1361                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1362
1363  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1364                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1365                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1366                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1367  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1368                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1369                     Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
1370                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1371
1372  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1373
1374  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1375  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1376  void PopDeclContext();
1377
1378  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1379  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1380  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1381  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1382
1383  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1384  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1385  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1386
1387  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1388
1389  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1390  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1391  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1392  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1393
1394  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1395  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1396  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1397  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1398
1399  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1400  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1401  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1402  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1403
1404  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1405  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1406
1407  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1408  /// top level scope.
1409  ///
1410  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1411  ///
1412  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1413  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1414
1415  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1416  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1417  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1418  ///
1419  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1420  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1421  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1422  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1423                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1424
1425  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1426  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1427  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1428
1429  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1430  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1431                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1432  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1433  void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true);
1434  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1435  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1436  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1437                                    Scope *S);
1438  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1439  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1440  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1441  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1442  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1443
1444  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1445  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1446  enum AssignmentAction {
1447    AA_Assigning,
1448    AA_Passing,
1449    AA_Returning,
1450    AA_Converting,
1451    AA_Initializing,
1452    AA_Sending,
1453    AA_Casting
1454  };
1455
1456  /// C++ Overloading.
1457  enum OverloadKind {
1458    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1459    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1460    Ovl_Overload,
1461
1462    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1463    /// an existing declaration.
1464    Ovl_Match,
1465
1466    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1467    /// non-function.
1468    Ovl_NonFunction
1469  };
1470  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1471                             FunctionDecl *New,
1472                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1473                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1474                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1475  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1476
1477  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1478  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1479  ///
1480  /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1481  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1482  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1483
1484  ImplicitConversionSequence
1485  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1486                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1487                        bool AllowExplicit,
1488                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1489                        bool CStyle,
1490                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1491
1492  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1493  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1494  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1495  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1496                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1497                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1498  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1499                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1500  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1501                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1502  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1503                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1504  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1505                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1506                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1507  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1508                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1509
1510  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1511  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1512                              CastKind &Kind,
1513                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1514                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1515  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1516                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1517                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1518  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1519                                    CastKind &Kind,
1520                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1521                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1522  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1523                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1524  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1525                            QualType &ResultTy);
1526  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1527
1528
1529  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1530                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1531                                             QualType ResultType,
1532                                             Expr *Value,
1533                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1534
1535  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1536                                    ExprResult Init);
1537  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1538                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1539                                       ExprResult Init,
1540                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1541                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1542  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1543                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1544                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1545                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1546
1547  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1548  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1549
1550  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1551  enum CCEKind {
1552    CCEK_CaseValue,  ///< Expression in a case label.
1553    CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1554    CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1555  };
1556  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1557                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1558
1559  ExprResult
1560  ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE,
1561                                     const PartialDiagnostic &NotIntDiag,
1562                                     const PartialDiagnostic &IncompleteDiag,
1563                                     const PartialDiagnostic &ExplicitConvDiag,
1564                                     const PartialDiagnostic &ExplicitConvNote,
1565                                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
1566                                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigNote,
1567                                     const PartialDiagnostic &ConvDiag,
1568                                     bool AllowScopedEnumerations);
1569  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
1570    OS_Array,
1571    OS_Dictionary,
1572    OS_Error
1573  };
1574  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
1575
1576  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
1577                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1578                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1579                                           NamedDecl *Member);
1580
1581  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
1582  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
1583  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
1584  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
1585
1586  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
1587                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1588                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1589                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1590                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1591                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1592                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
1593  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
1594                             llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1595                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1596                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
1597                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
1598  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1599                          QualType ObjectType,
1600                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1601                          Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1602                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1603                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
1604  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1605                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1606                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
1607                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1608                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1609                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1610                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1611  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
1612                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1613                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1614                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1615                                  QualType ObjectType,
1616                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
1617                                  llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1618                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1619                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1620  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1621                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1622                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1623                                    llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1624                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1625                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
1626  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1627                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1628                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1629                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1630                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1631  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
1632                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1633                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1634                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1635                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
1636  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
1637                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1638                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
1639                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
1640                             Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1641                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1642  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1643                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
1644                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1645                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1646                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
1647  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
1648                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1649                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1650                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
1651                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
1652  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
1653                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
1654                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1655                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
1656  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
1657                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
1658                                            llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1659                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1660                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1661                                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
1662                                        bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false);
1663
1664  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
1665  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
1666
1667  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
1668  // identified by the expression Expr
1669  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
1670
1671  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
1672  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
1673  // R (A) --> R(A)
1674  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
1675  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
1676  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
1677  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
1678
1679  FunctionDecl *
1680  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
1681                                     QualType TargetType,
1682                                     bool Complain,
1683                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
1684                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
1685
1686  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
1687                                                   bool Complain = false,
1688                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
1689
1690  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
1691                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
1692                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
1693                      bool Complain = false,
1694                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
1695                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
1696                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
1697
1698
1699  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
1700                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1701                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
1702  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
1703                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1704                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
1705
1706  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1707                                   llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1708                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
1709                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
1710
1711  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
1712                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
1713                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1714                                     Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1715                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1716                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
1717                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
1718
1719  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
1720                                     unsigned Opc,
1721                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
1722                                     Expr *input);
1723
1724  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
1725                                   unsigned Opc,
1726                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
1727                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
1728
1729  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
1730                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
1731                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
1732
1733  ExprResult
1734  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
1735                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
1736                            unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1737  ExprResult
1738  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1739                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1740                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1741
1742  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
1743                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
1744
1745  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
1746  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
1747  /// that best represents the call.
1748  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
1749                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
1750
1751  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
1752  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
1753                                bool CheckParameterNames);
1754  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
1755  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
1756  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
1757
1758  /// \name Name lookup
1759  ///
1760  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
1761  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
1762  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
1763  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
1764  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
1765  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
1766  ///
1767  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
1768  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
1769  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
1770  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
1771  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
1772  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
1773  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
1774  ///
1775  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
1776  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
1777  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
1778  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
1779  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
1780  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
1781  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
1782  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
1783  //@{
1784
1785  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
1786  enum LookupNameKind {
1787    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
1788    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
1789    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
1790    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
1791    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
1792    /// structs, and unions.
1793    LookupTagName,
1794    /// Label name lookup.
1795    LookupLabel,
1796    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
1797    /// class/struct/union members.
1798    LookupMemberName,
1799    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
1800    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
1801    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
1802    LookupOperatorName,
1803    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
1804    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
1805    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
1806    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
1807    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
1808    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
1809    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
1810    LookupNamespaceName,
1811    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
1812    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
1813    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
1814    LookupUsingDeclName,
1815    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
1816    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
1817    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
1818    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
1819    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
1820    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
1821    LookupObjCProtocolName,
1822    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
1823    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
1824    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
1825    LookupAnyName
1826  };
1827
1828  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
1829  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
1830  enum RedeclarationKind {
1831    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
1832    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
1833    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
1834    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
1835    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
1836    ForRedeclaration
1837  };
1838
1839  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
1840  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
1841    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
1842    LOLR_Error,
1843    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
1844    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
1845    LOLR_Cooked,
1846    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
1847    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
1848    LOLR_Raw,
1849    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
1850    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
1851    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
1852    LOLR_Template
1853  };
1854
1855  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
1856                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
1857                                                   bool ConstArg,
1858                                                   bool VolatileArg,
1859                                                   bool RValueThis,
1860                                                   bool ConstThis,
1861                                                   bool VolatileThis);
1862
1863private:
1864  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
1865
1866  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
1867  //
1868  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
1869  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
1870  llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
1871
1872  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
1873  /// source.
1874  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
1875
1876public:
1877  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
1878  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
1879  ///
1880  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
1881  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
1882  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
1883                              SourceLocation Loc,
1884                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
1885                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
1886                                = NotForRedeclaration);
1887  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
1888                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
1889  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1890                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
1891  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1892                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
1893                        bool EnteringContext = false);
1894  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
1895                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
1896                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
1897
1898  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
1899                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
1900                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
1901
1902  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1903                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
1904
1905  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
1906  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
1907  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
1908                                               unsigned Quals,
1909                                               bool *ConstParam = 0);
1910  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
1911                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals,
1912                                         bool *ConstParam = 0);
1913  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
1914  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis,
1915                                        unsigned ThisQuals);
1916  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
1917
1918  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
1919                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
1920                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
1921
1922  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
1923                               SourceLocation Loc,
1924                               llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1925                               ADLResult &Functions,
1926                               bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false);
1927
1928  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
1929                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
1930                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
1931  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
1932                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
1933                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
1934
1935  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
1936                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
1937                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1938                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
1939                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
1940                             bool EnteringContext = false,
1941                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
1942
1943  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
1944                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
1945                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
1946
1947  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1948                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
1949                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1950
1951  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
1952  //@}
1953
1954  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1955                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
1956                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
1957  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1958                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1959                                 SourceLocation Loc);
1960  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
1961                                      Scope *S);
1962  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
1963
1964  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
1965
1966  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
1967  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
1968                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
1969  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
1970                           bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true);
1971  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
1972                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
1973
1974  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
1975
1976  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
1977  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC);
1978  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
1979
1980  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
1981  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
1982                                   SourceRange Range);
1983
1984  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
1985                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
1986  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
1987                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
1988                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
1989
1990  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
1991                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
1992                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
1993
1994  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
1995  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
1996  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
1997                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
1998                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
1999
2000  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2001                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2002
2003  typedef llvm::DenseSet<Selector, llvm::DenseMapInfo<Selector> > SelectorSet;
2004  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2005
2006  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2007  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2008  /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been
2009  /// inherited.
2010  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2011                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2012                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2013                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2014                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2015                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2016
2017  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2018  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2019  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2020                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2021                                SourceLocation Loc);
2022
2023  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2024  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation.
2025  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2026                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2027                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2028
2029  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2030  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2031  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2032                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2033                                       const SelectorSet &InsMap);
2034
2035  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2036  /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation.
2037  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2038                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2039  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2040
2041  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2042  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2043  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2044            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2045            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2046
2047
2048  /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all
2049  /// its protocols.
2050  ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2051                                       IdentifierInfo *II);
2052
2053  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in
2054  ////  class extensions.
2055  Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2056                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2057                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2058                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2059                                       Selector GetterSel,
2060                                       Selector SetterSel,
2061                                       const bool isAssign,
2062                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2063                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2064                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2065                                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2066                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2067                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2068
2069  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2070  ///  handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface.
2071  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2072                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2073                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2074                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2075                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2076                                       Selector GetterSel,
2077                                       Selector SetterSel,
2078                                       const bool isAssign,
2079                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2080                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2081                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2082                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2083                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2084                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2085
2086  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2087  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2088  /// setter or getter.
2089  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2090                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2091
2092  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2093
2094  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2095
2096  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2097    MMS_loose,
2098    MMS_strict
2099  };
2100
2101  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2102  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2103  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2104                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2105                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2106
2107  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2108  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2109  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2110                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2111                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2112                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2113                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2114                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2115                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2116                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2117                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2118
2119  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2120  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2121  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2122  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2123
2124  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2125  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2126
2127private:
2128  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2129  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2130  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2131
2132  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2133  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2134  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2135                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2136                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2137
2138public:
2139  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2140  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2141  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2142  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2143  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2144    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2145  }
2146
2147  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2148  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2149    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2150  }
2151
2152  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2153  /// pool.
2154  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2155
2156  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2157  /// there are multiple signatures.
2158  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2159                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2160                                                   bool warn=true) {
2161    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2162                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2163  }
2164
2165  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2166  /// there are multiple signatures.
2167  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2168                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2169                                                  bool warn=true) {
2170    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2171                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2172  }
2173
2174  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2175  /// implementation.
2176  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2177
2178  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2179  /// initialization.
2180  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2181                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2182
2183  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2184  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2185public:
2186  class FullExprArg {
2187  public:
2188    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2189
2190    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2191    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2192    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2193    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2194
2195    ExprResult release() {
2196      return move(E);
2197    }
2198
2199    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2200
2201    Expr *operator->() {
2202      return E;
2203    }
2204
2205  private:
2206    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2207    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2208    friend class Sema;
2209
2210    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2211
2212    Expr *E;
2213  };
2214
2215  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2216    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg).release());
2217  }
2218
2219  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr);
2220
2221  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2222                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2223
2224  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2225  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2226  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2227                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2228                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2229
2230  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2231  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2232  public:
2233    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2234      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2235    }
2236
2237    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2238      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2239    }
2240
2241  private:
2242    Sema &S;
2243  };
2244
2245  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2246                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2247                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2248  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2249  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2250  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2251                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2252                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2253  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2254
2255  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2256                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2257                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2258  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2259                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2260
2261  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs,
2262                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2263
2264  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2265                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2266                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2267                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2268  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2269                                            Expr *Cond,
2270                                            Decl *CondVar);
2271  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2272                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2273  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2274                            FullExprArg Cond,
2275                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2276  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2277                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2278                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2279                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2280
2281  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2282                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2283                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2284                          Decl *SecondVar,
2285                          FullExprArg Third,
2286                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2287                          Stmt *Body);
2288  ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2289                                           Expr *collection);
2290  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2291                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2292                                        Stmt *First, Expr *Second,
2293                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body);
2294  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2295                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2296                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2297                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2298  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2299                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2300                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2301                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2302                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2303                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2304  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2305
2306  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2307                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2308                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2309  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2310                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2311                                   Expr *DestExp);
2312  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2313  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2314
2315  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2316                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2317
2318  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2319  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2320
2321  StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc,
2322                          bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile,
2323                          unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2324                          IdentifierInfo **Names,
2325                          MultiExprArg Constraints,
2326                          MultiExprArg Exprs,
2327                          Expr *AsmString,
2328                          MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2329                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2330                          bool MSAsm = false);
2331
2332
2333  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2334                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2335                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2336                                  bool Invalid = false);
2337
2338  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2339
2340  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2341                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2342
2343  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2344
2345  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2346                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2347
2348  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2349  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2350                                  Scope *CurScope);
2351  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2352                                            Expr *operand);
2353  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2354                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2355                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2356
2357  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2358
2359  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2360                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2361                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2362                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2363
2364  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2365
2366  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2367                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2368  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2369                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2370
2371  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2372                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2373                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2374                              Stmt *Handler);
2375
2376  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2377                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2378                                 Stmt *Block);
2379
2380  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2381                                  Stmt *Block);
2382
2383  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2384
2385  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2386
2387  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2388  /// of it.
2389  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2390
2391  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2392  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2393  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2394  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2395
2396  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2397  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2398  ///
2399  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2400  ///     if (condition);
2401  ///       do_stuff();
2402  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2403                             const Stmt *Body,
2404                             unsigned DiagID);
2405
2406  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2407  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2408  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2409                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2410
2411  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration() {
2412    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushParsingDecl();
2413  }
2414  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl) {
2415    DelayedDiagnostics::popParsingDecl(*this, state, decl);
2416  }
2417
2418  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2419  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2420    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushContext();
2421  }
2422  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2423    DelayedDiagnostics.popContext(state);
2424  }
2425
2426  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2427                              SourceLocation Loc,
2428                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2429
2430  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2431
2432  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2433                                     StringRef message);
2434
2435  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2436  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2437
2438  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2439  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2440                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2441  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2442  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2443  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2444                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2445                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2446  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2447                             Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
2448
2449  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
2450                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
2451                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
2452
2453  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
2454
2455  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
2456
2457  ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
2458  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
2459
2460  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
2461
2462  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
2463  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
2464  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
2465  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
2466  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
2467  // named expressions.
2468  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D);
2469  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
2470  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
2471  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
2472  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
2473
2474  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
2475  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
2476
2477  enum TryCaptureKind {
2478    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
2479  };
2480
2481  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2482  ///
2483  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
2484  ///
2485  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
2486  ///
2487  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
2488  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
2489  ///
2490  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
2491  /// an explicit lambda capture.
2492  ///
2493  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
2494  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
2495  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
2496  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
2497  ///
2498  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
2499  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
2500  /// variable can be captured.
2501  ///
2502  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture
2503  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
2504  /// captured.
2505  ///
2506  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
2507  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
2508  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
2509                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
2510                          QualType &CaptureType,
2511                          QualType &DeclRefType);
2512
2513  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
2514  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
2515                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
2516                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
2517
2518  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
2519  /// variable will have in the given scope.
2520  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
2521
2522  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
2523  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
2524                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
2525
2526  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
2527  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
2528  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
2529  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
2530                            bool ForceComplain = false,
2531                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
2532
2533  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
2534  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
2535                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
2536
2537  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
2538  /// evaluation context.
2539  ///
2540  /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until
2541  ///  the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to
2542  ///  determine if the statement is reachable.  If it is unreachable, the
2543  ///  diagnostic will not be emitted.
2544  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
2545                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
2546
2547  // Primary Expressions.
2548  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
2549
2550  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2551                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2552                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
2553                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2554                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
2555
2556  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2557                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2558                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2559                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
2560
2561  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2562                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2563                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
2564                       llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>());
2565
2566  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
2567                                IdentifierInfo *II,
2568                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
2569
2570  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2571                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2572                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2573                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
2574                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2575
2576  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2577                              ExprValueKind VK,
2578                              SourceLocation Loc,
2579                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2580  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
2581                              ExprValueKind VK,
2582                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2583                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
2584  ExprResult
2585  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2586                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
2587                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
2588                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
2589                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
2590  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2591                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2592                                             LookupResult &R,
2593                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2594  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2595                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2596                                     LookupResult &R,
2597                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2598                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
2599  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2600                                  const LookupResult &R,
2601                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
2602
2603  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2604                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo);
2605  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2606                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2607                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2608                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2609
2610  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2611                                      LookupResult &R,
2612                                      bool NeedsADL);
2613  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2614                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2615                                      NamedDecl *D);
2616
2617  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
2618                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
2619                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
2620                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
2621                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2622
2623  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
2624  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
2625  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2626  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2627  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
2628  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
2629                                SourceLocation R,
2630                                MultiExprArg Val);
2631
2632  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
2633  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
2634  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
2635                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
2636
2637  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2638                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2639                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2640                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
2641                                       MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
2642                                       MultiExprArg ArgExprs);
2643  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
2644                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2645                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2646                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
2647                                        TypeSourceInfo **Types,
2648                                        Expr **Exprs,
2649                                        unsigned NumAssocs);
2650
2651  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
2652  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2653                                  Expr *InputExpr);
2654  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2655                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
2656  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2657                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
2658
2659  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2660                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
2661                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2662                                            SourceRange R);
2663  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2664                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2665  ExprResult
2666    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2667                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2668                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
2669                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
2670
2671  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
2672  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
2673
2674  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2675  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2676                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
2677                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
2678  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
2679                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
2680                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
2681                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2682                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2683  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2684                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
2685
2686  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2687                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2688  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2689                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
2690
2691  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
2692                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2693                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2694                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2695                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2696                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2697                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2698
2699  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
2700                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2701                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2702                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2703                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2704                                      LookupResult &R,
2705                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
2706                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false);
2707
2708  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
2709  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
2710                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2711                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2712                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
2713                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
2714
2715  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
2716                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2717                                     const LookupResult &R);
2718
2719  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
2720                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2721                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2722                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2723                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2724                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2725                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
2726
2727  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2728                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
2729                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2730                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2731                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2732                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
2733                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
2734                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
2735
2736  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
2737  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
2738                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2739                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2740                               Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2741                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2742                               bool ExecConfig = false);
2743  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2744                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
2745                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
2746
2747  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
2748  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2749  /// locations.
2750  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2751                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2752                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
2753  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
2754                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2755                                   Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2756                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2757                                   Expr *Config = 0,
2758                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
2759
2760  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
2761                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
2762                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
2763
2764  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2765                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
2766                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
2767  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2768                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
2769                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2770                                 Expr *Op);
2771  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
2772
2773  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
2774  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2775                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
2776                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2777
2778  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
2779
2780  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2781                                  ParsedType Ty,
2782                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2783                                  Expr *InitExpr);
2784
2785  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2786                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2787                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2788                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
2789
2790  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2791                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
2792                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
2793
2794  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
2795                                        SourceLocation Loc,
2796                                        bool GNUSyntax,
2797                                        ExprResult Init);
2798
2799  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
2800                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
2801  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2802                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
2803  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2804                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
2805
2806  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
2807  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
2808  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2809                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2810                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
2811
2812  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
2813  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
2814                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2815
2816  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
2817  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
2818                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
2819  void ActOnStmtExprError();
2820
2821  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
2822  struct OffsetOfComponent {
2823    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
2824    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
2825    union {
2826      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
2827      Expr *E;
2828    } U;
2829  };
2830
2831  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
2832  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
2833                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2834                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
2835                                  unsigned NumComponents,
2836                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2837  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
2838                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
2839                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
2840                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
2841                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
2842                                  unsigned NumComponents,
2843                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2844
2845  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
2846  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
2847                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
2848                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
2849
2850  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
2851  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
2852                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
2853  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
2854                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
2855
2856  // __null
2857  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
2858
2859  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
2860
2861  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
2862  enum IfExistsResult {
2863    /// \brief The symbol exists.
2864    IER_Exists,
2865
2866    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
2867    IER_DoesNotExist,
2868
2869    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
2870    /// from one instantiation to the next.
2871    IER_Dependent,
2872
2873    /// \brief An error occurred.
2874    IER_Error
2875  };
2876
2877  IfExistsResult
2878  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2879                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
2880
2881  IfExistsResult
2882  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
2883                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2884                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
2885
2886  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
2887                                        bool IsIfExists,
2888                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
2889                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
2890                                        Stmt *Nested);
2891  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
2892                                        bool IsIfExists,
2893                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
2894                                        Stmt *Nested);
2895
2896  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
2897
2898  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
2899  /// started.
2900  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2901
2902  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
2903  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
2904  void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
2905
2906  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
2907  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
2908  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2909
2910  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
2911  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
2912  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
2913                                Scope *CurScope);
2914
2915  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
2916
2917  /// __builtin_astype(...)
2918  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
2919                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
2920                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2921
2922  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
2923
2924  // Act on C++ namespaces
2925  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
2926                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
2927                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2928                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2929                               SourceLocation LBrace,
2930                               AttributeList *AttrList);
2931  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
2932
2933  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
2934  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
2935
2936  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
2937
2938  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
2939  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
2940  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
2941
2942  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
2943  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
2944  ///
2945  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
2946  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
2947
2948  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
2949  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
2950  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
2951
2952  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
2953                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2954                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
2955                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2956                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2957                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
2958                            AttributeList *AttrList);
2959
2960  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
2961
2962  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
2963                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
2964                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
2965                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
2966                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2967                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2968                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
2969
2970  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
2971  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
2972                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
2973  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
2974                                        NamedDecl *Target);
2975
2976  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2977                                   bool isTypeName,
2978                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2979                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
2980                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
2981  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2982                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2983                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
2984
2985  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2986                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2987                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2988                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2989                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
2990                                   bool IsInstantiation,
2991                                   bool IsTypeName,
2992                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
2993
2994  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
2995
2996  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
2997                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2998                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
2999                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3000                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3001                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3002                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3003                              bool IsTypeName,
3004                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3005  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3006                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3007                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3008                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3009                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3010                              TypeResult Type);
3011
3012  /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr
3013  /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl.
3014  bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD,
3015                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3016                                    MultiExprArg Exprs,
3017                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3018
3019  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3020  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3021  ///
3022  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3023  ExprResult
3024  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3025                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3026                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3027                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3028
3029  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3030  // the constructor can be elidable?
3031  ExprResult
3032  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3033                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3034                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3035                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3036                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3037
3038  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3039  /// the default expr if needed.
3040  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3041                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3042                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3043
3044  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3045  /// constructed variable.
3046  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3047
3048  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3049  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3050  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3051    // Pointer to allow copying
3052    ASTContext *Context;
3053    // We order exception specifications thus:
3054    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x.
3055    // throw() comes next.
3056    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3057    // Finally no specification.
3058    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3059    //
3060    // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance,
3061    // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default
3062    // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the
3063    // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We
3064    // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules
3065    // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple).
3066    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3067    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3068    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3069
3070    void ClearExceptions() {
3071      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3072      Exceptions.clear();
3073    }
3074
3075  public:
3076    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(ASTContext &Context)
3077      : Context(&Context), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3078      if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
3079        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3080    }
3081
3082    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3083    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3084      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3085             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3086      return ComputedEST;
3087    }
3088
3089    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3090    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3091
3092    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3093    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3094
3095    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3096    void CalledDecl(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3097
3098    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3099    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3100
3101    /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet.
3102    void SetDelayed() {
3103      ClearExceptions();
3104      ComputedEST = EST_Delayed;
3105    }
3106
3107    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3108      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3109      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3110      EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3111      EPI.Exceptions = data();
3112      return EPI;
3113    }
3114  };
3115
3116  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3117  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3118  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3119  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3120
3121  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3122  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3123  /// will be const.
3124  std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool>
3125  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3126
3127  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3128  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3129  /// parameter will be const.
3130  std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool>
3131  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3132
3133  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3134  /// constructor of a class will have.
3135  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3136  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3137
3138  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3139  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3140  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3141  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3142
3143  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3144  /// destructor of a class will have.
3145  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3146  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3147
3148  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3149  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3150  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3151                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3152
3153  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3154  ///
3155  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3156  /// default constructor will be added.
3157  ///
3158  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3159  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3160                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3161
3162  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3163  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3164  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3165                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3166
3167  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3168  ///
3169  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3170  /// destructor will be added.
3171  ///
3172  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3173  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3174
3175  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3176  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3177  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3178                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3179
3180  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3181  ///
3182  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3183  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3184  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3185                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3186
3187  /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class.
3188  ///
3189  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited
3190  /// constructors will be added.
3191  void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3192
3193  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3194  ///
3195  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3196  /// copy constructor will be added.
3197  ///
3198  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3199  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3200
3201  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3202  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3203  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3204                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3205
3206  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3207  ///
3208  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3209  /// move constructor will be added.
3210  ///
3211  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3212  /// declared.
3213  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3214
3215  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3216  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3217  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3218                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3219
3220  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3221  ///
3222  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3223  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3224  ///
3225  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3226  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3227
3228  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3229  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3230                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3231
3232  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3233  ///
3234  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3235  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3236  ///
3237  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3238  /// wasn't declared.
3239  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3240
3241  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3242  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3243                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3244
3245  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3246  /// class.
3247  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3248
3249  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3250  /// special member function.
3251  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3252
3253  /// \brief Check wither 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3254  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3255  ///
3256  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3257  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3258
3259  /// \brief Check wither 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3260  /// static member function.
3261  ///
3262  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3263  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3264
3265  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3266  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3267  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3268  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3269
3270  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3271                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3272                               SourceLocation Loc,
3273                               ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3274                               bool AllowExplicit = false);
3275
3276  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3277                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3278                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3279                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3280                               bool EnteringContext);
3281
3282  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3283
3284  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3285  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3286                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3287
3288  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3289  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3290                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3291                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3292                               Declarator &D,
3293                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3294                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3295                               Expr *E,
3296                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3297
3298  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3299                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3300                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3301                               Expr *E,
3302                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3303                               SourceRange Parens);
3304
3305  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3306                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3307                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3308                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3309  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3310                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3311                            Expr *Operand,
3312                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3313
3314  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3315  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3316                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3317                            void *TyOrExpr,
3318                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3319
3320  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3321                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3322                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3323                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3324  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3325                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3326                            Expr *Operand,
3327                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3328
3329  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3330  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3331                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3332                            void *TyOrExpr,
3333                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3334
3335
3336  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3337  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3338
3339  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3340  ///
3341  /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context.
3342  ///
3343  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3344  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3345
3346  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3347  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3348  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3349  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3350
3351  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3352  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3353  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3354    Sema &S;
3355    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3356    bool Enabled;
3357
3358  public:
3359    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3360    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3361    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3362    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3363    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3364                     bool Enabled = true);
3365
3366    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3367  };
3368
3369  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3370  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3371  ///
3372  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3373  ///
3374  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3375  /// capture list.
3376  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3377
3378  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3379  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3380  /// being defined.
3381  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3382
3383  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3384  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3385
3386
3387  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3388  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3389
3390  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3391  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3392
3393  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3394  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3395  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3396                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3397  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3398                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3399
3400  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3401  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3402  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
3403  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
3404  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
3405                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3406                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3407                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3408
3409  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
3410                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3411                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
3412                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3413
3414  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
3415  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3416                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3417                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3418                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3419                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
3420                         Expr *Initializer);
3421  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3422                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
3423                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
3424                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
3425                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
3426                         QualType AllocType,
3427                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
3428                         Expr *ArraySize,
3429                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
3430                         Expr *Initializer,
3431                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
3432
3433  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
3434                          SourceRange R);
3435  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3436                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
3437                               Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
3438                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
3439                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
3440  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
3441                              DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
3442                              unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
3443                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
3444                              bool Diagnose = true);
3445  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
3446  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
3447                                       QualType Argument,
3448                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
3449
3450  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
3451                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
3452                                bool Diagnose = true);
3453
3454  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
3455  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
3456                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
3457                            Expr *Operand);
3458
3459  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3460  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3461                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3462                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
3463
3464  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
3465                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
3466  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
3467                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3468
3469  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3470  /// pseudo-functions.
3471  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3472                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3473                                 ParsedType Ty,
3474                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3475
3476  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
3477                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3478                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
3479                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3480
3481  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3482  /// pseudo-functions.
3483  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
3484                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3485                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
3486                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
3487                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3488
3489  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3490                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3491                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
3492                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
3493                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3494
3495  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
3496  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3497                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
3498                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3499  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
3500                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
3501                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3502
3503  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
3504  /// pseudo-functions.
3505  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3506                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3507                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
3508                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3509                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3510
3511  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3512                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3513                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3514                                 Expr *DimExpr,
3515                                 SourceLocation RParen);
3516
3517  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
3518  /// pseudo-functions.
3519  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3520                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3521                                  Expr *Queried,
3522                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3523
3524  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
3525                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
3526                                  Expr *Queried,
3527                                  SourceLocation RParen);
3528
3529  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
3530                                          Expr *Base,
3531                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3532                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3533                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
3534                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
3535
3536  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
3537
3538  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
3539                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3540                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3541                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3542                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
3543                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3544                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3545                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
3546                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3547
3548  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3549                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3550                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3551                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3552                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
3553                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
3554                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3555                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
3556                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3557
3558  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3559                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
3560                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3561                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3562                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
3563                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
3564
3565  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
3566  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
3567  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
3568  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
3569  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
3570  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
3571
3572  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr);
3573  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
3574
3575  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
3576  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
3577
3578  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
3579  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3580                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
3581  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3582  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3583  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3584
3585  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
3586  ///
3587  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3588  ///
3589  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3590  ///
3591  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
3592  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
3593  ///
3594  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3595  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
3596                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3597
3598  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD);
3599  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
3600
3601  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3602                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3603                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
3604                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
3605
3606  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3607                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3608                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3609                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3610                                   QualType ObjectType,
3611                                   bool EnteringContext,
3612                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3613                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
3614                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
3615
3616  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
3617  ///
3618  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3619  ///
3620  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
3621  ///
3622  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
3623  ///
3624  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3625  ///
3626  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
3627  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
3628  ///
3629  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
3630  /// this nested-name-specifier.
3631  ///
3632  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3633  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3634  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
3635  /// including this new type).
3636  ///
3637  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3638  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3639                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3640                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3641                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3642                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
3643                                   bool EnteringContext,
3644                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3645
3646  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
3647
3648  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3649                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
3650                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
3651
3652  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3653                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
3654                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
3655                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3656                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
3657                                 bool EnteringContext);
3658
3659  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
3660  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
3661  ///
3662  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
3663  ///
3664  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
3665  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
3666  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
3667  /// including this new type).
3668  ///
3669  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
3670  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
3671  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
3672  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
3673  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
3674  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
3675  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
3676  ///
3677  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
3678  /// nested-name-specifier.
3679  ///
3680  ///
3681  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
3682  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
3683                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3684                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3685                                   TemplateTy Template,
3686                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
3687                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
3688                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
3689                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
3690                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
3691                                   bool EnteringContext);
3692
3693  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
3694  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
3695  /// nested-name-specifier.
3696  ///
3697  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
3698  ///
3699  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
3700  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
3701  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3702
3703  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
3704  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
3705  ///
3706  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
3707  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
3708  ///
3709  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
3710  ///
3711  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
3712  /// of the annotation pointer.
3713  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
3714                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
3715                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3716
3717  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3718
3719  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
3720  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
3721  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
3722  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
3723  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
3724  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
3725  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3726
3727  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
3728  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
3729  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
3730  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
3731  /// defining scope.
3732  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
3733
3734  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
3735  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
3736  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
3737  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
3738  /// class X.
3739  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
3740
3741  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
3742  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
3743  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
3744
3745  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
3746  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
3747                                         bool KnownDependent = false);
3748
3749  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
3750  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3751                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
3752                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
3753                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
3754                                       llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params,
3755                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber
3756                                         = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(),
3757                                       Decl *ContextDecl = 0);
3758
3759  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
3760  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
3761                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
3762                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
3763                                          bool ExplicitParams,
3764                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
3765                                          bool Mutable);
3766
3767  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
3768  /// given lambda.
3769  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
3770
3771  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
3772  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
3773
3774  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
3775  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
3776  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
3777  /// lambda.
3778  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
3779                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
3780
3781  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
3782  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
3783  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
3784                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
3785
3786  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
3787  /// was successfully completed.
3788  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
3789                             Scope *CurScope,
3790                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
3791
3792  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
3793  /// function pointer.
3794  ///
3795  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
3796  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
3797  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
3798  /// block pointer conversion.
3799  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
3800         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
3801
3802  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
3803  /// block pointer.
3804  ///
3805  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
3806  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
3807  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
3808  /// block pointer conversion.
3809  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
3810                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
3811
3812  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3813                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
3814                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3815                                           Expr *Src);
3816
3817  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
3818  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
3819                                    Expr **Strings,
3820                                    unsigned NumStrings);
3821
3822  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
3823
3824  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCNumericLiteral AST node for the
3825  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
3826  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
3827  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
3828  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
3829                                  bool Value);
3830  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
3831
3832  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
3833                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
3834                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
3835                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
3836
3837  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
3838                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
3839                                        unsigned NumElements);
3840
3841  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3842                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
3843                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3844  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
3845                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
3846                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
3847
3848  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3849                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
3850                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3851                                       ParsedType Ty,
3852                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3853
3854  // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector
3855  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
3856                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
3857                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
3858                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3859                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3860
3861  // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol
3862  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
3863                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
3864                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
3865                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3866                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3867
3868  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3869  // C++ Declarations
3870  //
3871  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
3872                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
3873                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
3874                                       StringRef Lang,
3875                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
3876  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
3877                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
3878                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3879
3880
3881  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3882  // C++ Classes
3883  //
3884  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
3885                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3886
3887  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
3888                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
3889                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3890                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
3891
3892  Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3893                                 Declarator &D,
3894                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
3895                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
3896                                 bool HasDeferredInit);
3897  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
3898                                        Expr *Init);
3899
3900  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
3901                                    Scope *S,
3902                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3903                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
3904                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
3905                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
3906                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3907                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3908                                    Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3909                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3910                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3911
3912  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
3913                                    Scope *S,
3914                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3915                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
3916                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
3917                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
3918                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3919                                    Expr *InitList,
3920                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3921
3922  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
3923                                    Scope *S,
3924                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3925                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
3926                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
3927                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
3928                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
3929                                    Expr *Init,
3930                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3931
3932  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
3933                                       Expr *Init,
3934                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
3935
3936  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
3937                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
3938                                     Expr *Init,
3939                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3940                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3941
3942  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3943                                           Expr *Init,
3944                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3945
3946  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3947                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
3948
3949  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3950                           CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers,
3951                           unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors);
3952
3953  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
3954
3955
3956  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
3957  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
3958  /// referenced.
3959  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
3960                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
3961
3962  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
3963  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
3964  /// first use occurred.
3965  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
3966
3967  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
3968  /// materialized.
3969  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
3970
3971  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
3972  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
3973  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
3974  /// by code generation).
3975  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
3976
3977  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
3978  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
3979
3980  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
3981                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
3982    DynamicClassesType;
3983
3984  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
3985  /// unit.
3986  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
3987
3988  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
3989  /// given location.
3990  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3991                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
3992
3993  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
3994  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
3995  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
3996                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
3997
3998  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
3999  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4000  /// vtables.
4001  ///
4002  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4003  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4004
4005  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4006
4007  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4008                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4009                            CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits,
4010                            unsigned NumMemInits,
4011                            bool AnyErrors);
4012
4013  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4014  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4015                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4016                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4017                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4018                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4019
4020  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4021  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4022  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4023  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4024  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4025  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4026  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4027  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4028  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4029  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4030
4031  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4032                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4033                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4034                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4035
4036  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4037                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4038                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4039  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4040                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4041  Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4042                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4043
4044  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4045                                      StorageClass& SC);
4046  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4047  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4048                                     StorageClass& SC);
4049  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4050  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4051                                 StorageClass& SC);
4052  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4053
4054  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4055  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDefaultConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4056  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4057  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedCopyAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4058  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4059  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMoveAssignment(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4060  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor);
4061
4062  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4063  // C++ Derived Classes
4064  //
4065
4066  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4067  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4068                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4069                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4070                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4071                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4072
4073  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4074                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4075                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4076                                ParsedType basetype,
4077                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4078                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4079
4080  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4081                            unsigned NumBases);
4082  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4083                           unsigned NumBases);
4084
4085  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4086  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4087
4088  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4089  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4090
4091  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4092
4093  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4094                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4095                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4096                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4097  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4098                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4099                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4100                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4101                                    DeclarationName Name,
4102                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4103
4104  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4105
4106  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4107  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4108  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4109                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4110
4111  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4112  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4113  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4114                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4115
4116  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4117
4118  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics.
4119  void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D);
4120
4121  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4122  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4123  /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3.
4124  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4125                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4126
4127
4128  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4129  // C++ Access Control
4130  //
4131
4132  enum AccessResult {
4133    AR_accessible,
4134    AR_inaccessible,
4135    AR_dependent,
4136    AR_delayed
4137  };
4138
4139  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4140                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4141                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4142
4143  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4144                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4145  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4146                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4147  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4148                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4149                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4150                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4151                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4152  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4153                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4154                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4155                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4156                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4157  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4158                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4159                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4160                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4161                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4162  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4163                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4164                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4165                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4166  AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4167                                       NamedDecl *D,
4168                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4169  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4170                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4171                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4172                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4173  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4174                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4175  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4176                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4177                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4178                                    unsigned DiagID,
4179                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4180                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4181  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4182  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4183  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4184                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4185                                            QualType objectType);
4186
4187  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4188                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4189  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4190                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4191
4192  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4193
4194  /// A flag to suppress access checking.
4195  bool SuppressAccessChecking;
4196
4197  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4198  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4199  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4200
4201  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily suppress access checking.
4202  class SuppressAccessChecksRAII {
4203    Sema &S;
4204    bool SuppressingAccess;
4205
4206  public:
4207    SuppressAccessChecksRAII(Sema &S, bool Suppress)
4208      : S(S), SuppressingAccess(Suppress) {
4209      if (Suppress) S.ActOnStartSuppressingAccessChecks();
4210    }
4211    ~SuppressAccessChecksRAII() {
4212      done();
4213    }
4214    void done() {
4215      if (!SuppressingAccess) return;
4216      S.ActOnStopSuppressingAccessChecks();
4217      SuppressingAccess = false;
4218    }
4219  };
4220
4221  void ActOnStartSuppressingAccessChecks();
4222  void ActOnStopSuppressingAccessChecks();
4223
4224  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4225    AbstractNone = -1,
4226    AbstractReturnType,
4227    AbstractParamType,
4228    AbstractVariableType,
4229    AbstractFieldType,
4230    AbstractArrayType
4231  };
4232
4233  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4234                              const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
4235  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4236
4237  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4238                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4239
4240  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4241  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4242  //
4243
4244  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4245
4246  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4247
4248  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4249  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4250  //
4251  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4252                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4253  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4254                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4255
4256  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4257                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4258                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4259
4260  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4261                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4262                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4263                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4264                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4265                                  bool EnteringContext,
4266                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4267                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4268
4269  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4270                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4271                                   Scope *S,
4272                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4273                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4274                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4275
4276  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4277  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4278
4279  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4280                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4281                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4282                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4283                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4284                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4285                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4286                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4287
4288  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4289  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4290                                      unsigned Depth,
4291                                      unsigned Position,
4292                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4293                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4294  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4295                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4296                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4297                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4298                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4299                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4300                                       unsigned Depth,
4301                                       unsigned Position,
4302                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4303                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4304
4305  TemplateParameterList *
4306  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4307                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4308                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4309                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4310                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4311                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4312
4313  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4314  /// list.
4315  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4316    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4317    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4318    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4319    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4320    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4321    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4322  };
4323
4324  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4325                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4326                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4327  TemplateParameterList *
4328  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4329                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4330                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4331                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4332                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4333                                          bool IsFriend,
4334                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4335                                          bool &Invalid);
4336
4337  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4338                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4339                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4340                                AttributeList *Attr,
4341                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4342                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4343                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4344                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4345                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4346
4347  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4348                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4349
4350  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4351
4352  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4353                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4354                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4355
4356  TypeResult
4357  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4358                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4359                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4360                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4361                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4362                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4363
4364  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4365  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4366  ///
4367  /// \param TUK
4368  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4369                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4370                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4371                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4372                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4373                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4374                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4375                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4376                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
4377                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4378
4379
4380  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4381                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4382                                 LookupResult &R,
4383                                 bool RequiresADL,
4384                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4385
4386  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4387                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4388                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4389                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
4390
4391  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
4392                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4393                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4394                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
4395                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
4396                                              bool EnteringContext,
4397                                              TemplateTy &Template);
4398
4399  DeclResult
4400  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4401                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4402                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4403                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4404                                   TemplateTy Template,
4405                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4406                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4407                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4408                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4409                                   AttributeList *Attr,
4410                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
4411
4412  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
4413                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4414                                Declarator &D);
4415
4416  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
4417                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4418                                        Declarator &D);
4419
4420  bool
4421  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
4422                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
4423                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
4424                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
4425                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
4426                                         bool &SuppressNew);
4427
4428  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4429                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4430                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
4431
4432  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
4433                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4434                                           LookupResult &Previous);
4435  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
4436
4437  DeclResult
4438  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4439                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4440                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4441                             unsigned TagSpec,
4442                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4443                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4444                             TemplateTy Template,
4445                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4446                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4447                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4448                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4449                             AttributeList *Attr);
4450
4451  DeclResult
4452  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4453                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4454                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4455                             unsigned TagSpec,
4456                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
4457                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4458                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
4459                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
4460                             AttributeList *Attr);
4461
4462  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
4463                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4464                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4465                                        Declarator &D);
4466
4467  TemplateArgumentLoc
4468  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
4469                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4470                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4471                                          Decl *Param,
4472                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4473
4474  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
4475  /// argument is being checked.
4476  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
4477    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
4478    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
4479    CTAK_Specified,
4480
4481    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
4482    /// deduction.
4483    CTAK_Deduced,
4484
4485    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
4486    /// via template argument deduction.
4487    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
4488  };
4489
4490  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
4491                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4492                             NamedDecl *Template,
4493                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4494                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4495                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
4496                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4497                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4498
4499  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
4500  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
4501  ///
4502  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
4503  /// provided.
4504  ///
4505  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
4506  ///
4507  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
4508  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
4509  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
4510  /// arguments.
4511  ///
4512  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
4513  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
4514  /// set of template arguments.
4515  ///
4516  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
4517  /// arguments.
4518  ///
4519  ///
4520  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
4521  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
4522  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
4523  ///
4524  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4525  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
4526                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4527                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
4528                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
4529                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
4530                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
4531
4532  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4533                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
4534                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
4535
4536  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
4537                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
4538  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4539                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
4540                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
4541                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
4542  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4543                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg);
4544
4545  ExprResult
4546  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4547                                          QualType ParamType,
4548                                          SourceLocation Loc);
4549  ExprResult
4550  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
4551                                              SourceLocation Loc);
4552
4553  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
4554  /// for equality.
4555  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
4556    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
4557    /// that might be redeclarations.
4558    ///
4559    /// \code
4560    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4561    /// template<typename T> struct X;
4562    /// \endcode
4563    TPL_TemplateMatch,
4564
4565    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
4566    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
4567    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
4568    ///
4569    /// \code
4570    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
4571    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
4572    /// \endcode
4573    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
4574
4575    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
4576    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
4577    /// template parameter.
4578    ///
4579    /// \code
4580    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
4581    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
4582    /// X<integer_c> xic;
4583    /// \endcode
4584    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
4585  };
4586
4587  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
4588                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
4589                                      bool Complain,
4590                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
4591                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
4592                                        = SourceLocation());
4593
4594  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
4595
4596  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4597  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
4598  ///
4599  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4600  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4601  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4602  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
4603  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
4604  TypeResult
4605  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4606                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
4607                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
4608
4609  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
4610  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
4611  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
4612  ///
4613  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
4614  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
4615  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
4616  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4617  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
4618  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4619  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4620  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4621  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4622  TypeResult
4623  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
4624                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4625                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4626                    TemplateTy Template,
4627                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4628                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4629                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4630                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4631
4632  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
4633                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4634                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4635                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
4636                             SourceLocation IILoc);
4637
4638  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
4639                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
4640                                                    DeclarationName Name);
4641  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4642
4643  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
4644  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
4645                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
4646
4647  std::string
4648  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
4649                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
4650
4651  std::string
4652  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
4653                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
4654                                  unsigned NumArgs);
4655
4656  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4657  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
4658  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4659
4660  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
4661  /// being diagnosed.
4662  ///
4663  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
4664  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
4665  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
4666    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
4667    UPPC_Expression = 0,
4668
4669    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
4670    UPPC_BaseType,
4671
4672    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
4673    UPPC_DeclarationType,
4674
4675    /// \brief The type of a data member.
4676    UPPC_DataMemberType,
4677
4678    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
4679    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
4680
4681    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
4682    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
4683
4684    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
4685    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
4686
4687    /// \brief The enumerator value.
4688    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
4689
4690    /// \brief A using declaration.
4691    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
4692
4693    /// \brief A friend declaration.
4694    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
4695
4696    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
4697    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
4698
4699    /// \brief An initializer.
4700    UPPC_Initializer,
4701
4702    /// \brief A default argument.
4703    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
4704
4705    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
4706    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
4707
4708    /// \brief The type of an exception.
4709    UPPC_ExceptionType,
4710
4711    /// \brief Partial specialization.
4712    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
4713
4714    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
4715    UPPC_IfExists,
4716
4717    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
4718    UPPC_IfNotExists
4719};
4720
4721  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
4722  ///
4723  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
4724  ///
4725  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
4726  /// parameter packs.
4727  ///
4728  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
4729  void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
4730                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
4731                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
4732
4733  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
4734  /// diagnose the error.
4735  ///
4736  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
4737  ///
4738  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
4739  /// packs.
4740  ///
4741  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4742  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
4743                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
4744
4745  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
4746  /// pack, diagnose the error.
4747  ///
4748  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
4749  /// parameter packs.
4750  ///
4751  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4752  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
4753                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
4754
4755  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
4756  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
4757  ///
4758  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
4759  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4760  ///
4761  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4762  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4763                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
4764
4765  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
4766  /// diagnose the error.
4767  ///
4768  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
4769  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
4770  ///
4771  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4772  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4773                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
4774
4775  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
4776  /// diagnose the error.
4777  ///
4778  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
4779  ///
4780  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
4781  /// parameter packs.
4782  ///
4783  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4784  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
4785                                       TemplateName Template,
4786                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
4787
4788  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
4789  /// pack, diagnose the error.
4790  ///
4791  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
4792  /// parameter packs.
4793  ///
4794  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4795  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
4796                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
4797
4798  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4799  /// template argument.
4800  ///
4801  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
4802  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4803  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
4804                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4805
4806  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4807  /// template argument.
4808  ///
4809  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
4810  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4811  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
4812                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4813
4814  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4815  /// type.
4816  ///
4817  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
4818  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4819  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
4820                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4821
4822  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4823  /// type.
4824  ///
4825  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
4826  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4827  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
4828                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4829
4830  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4831  /// nested-name-specifier.
4832  ///
4833  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
4834  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4835  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4836                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4837
4838  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
4839  /// name.
4840  ///
4841  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
4842  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
4843  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4844                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
4845
4846  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
4847  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
4848  ///
4849  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
4850  /// may already be invalid.
4851  ///
4852  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
4853  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
4854                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4855
4856  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
4857  /// creates a pack expansion.
4858  ///
4859  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
4860  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
4861  ///
4862  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
4863  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4864
4865  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
4866  /// expansion.
4867  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
4868                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4869                                     llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
4870
4871  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
4872  /// expansion.
4873  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
4874                              SourceRange PatternRange,
4875                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4876                              llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
4877
4878  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
4879  /// creates a pack expansion.
4880  ///
4881  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
4882  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
4883  ///
4884  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
4885  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4886
4887  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
4888  /// creates a pack expansion.
4889  ///
4890  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
4891  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
4892  ///
4893  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
4894  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4895                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
4896
4897  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
4898  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
4899  /// transforming the pattern.
4900  ///
4901  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
4902  /// pack expansion.
4903  ///
4904  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
4905  /// the pack expansion.
4906  ///
4907  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
4908  /// pattern.
4909  ///
4910  /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in
4911  /// \p Unexpanded.
4912  ///
4913  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
4914  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
4915  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
4916  ///
4917  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
4918  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
4919  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
4920  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
4921  ///
4922  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
4923  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
4924  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
4925  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
4926  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
4927  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
4928  /// set this value in other cases.
4929  ///
4930  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
4931  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
4932  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
4933  /// must be set.
4934  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4935                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
4936                             llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
4937                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
4938                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
4939                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
4940                                       llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
4941
4942  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
4943  /// type.
4944  ///
4945  /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be
4946  /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is
4947  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
4948  unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
4949                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4950
4951  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
4952  /// parameter packs.
4953  ///
4954  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
4955  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
4956  ///
4957  /// \code
4958  ///   void f(T...);
4959  /// \endcode
4960  ///
4961  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
4962  /// a variadic function.
4963  ///
4964  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
4965  /// false otherwise.
4966  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
4967
4968  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4969  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
4970  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4971
4972  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
4973  ///
4974  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
4975  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
4976  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
4977  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
4978  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
4979  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
4980  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
4981  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
4982    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
4983    TDK_Success = 0,
4984    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
4985    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
4986    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
4987    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
4988    /// for every template parameter.
4989    TDK_Incomplete,
4990    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
4991    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
4992    TDK_Inconsistent,
4993    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
4994    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
4995    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
4996    /// but were given a non-const "X".
4997    TDK_Underqualified,
4998    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
4999    /// resulted in an error.
5000    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5001    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5002    /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that
5003    /// produces a type that does not match the original template
5004    /// arguments provided.
5005    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5006    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5007    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5008    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5009    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5010    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5011    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5012    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5013    /// template arguments for the given template.
5014    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5015    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5016    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5017    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution
5018  };
5019
5020  TemplateDeductionResult
5021  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5022                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5023                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5024
5025  TemplateDeductionResult
5026  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5027                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5028                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5029                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5030                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5031                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5032
5033  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5034  // deduction for a call.
5035  struct OriginalCallArg {
5036    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5037                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5038                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5039      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5040        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5041
5042    QualType OriginalParamType;
5043    unsigned ArgIdx;
5044    QualType OriginalArgType;
5045  };
5046
5047  TemplateDeductionResult
5048  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5049                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5050                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5051                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5052                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5053           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5054
5055  TemplateDeductionResult
5056  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5057                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5058                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5059                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5060                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5061
5062  TemplateDeductionResult
5063  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5064                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5065                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5066                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5067                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5068
5069  TemplateDeductionResult
5070  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5071                          QualType ToType,
5072                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5073                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5074
5075  TemplateDeductionResult
5076  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5077                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5078                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5079                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5080
5081  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5082  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5083    DAR_Succeeded,
5084    DAR_Failed,
5085    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5086  };
5087
5088  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5089                                  TypeSourceInfo *&Result);
5090  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5091
5092  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5093                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5094                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5095                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5096                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5097  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5098                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5099                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5100                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5101                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5102                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5103                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5104                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5105                                        bool Complain = true,
5106                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5107
5108  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5109  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5110                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5111                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5112                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5113
5114  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5115                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5116                                  unsigned Depth,
5117                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5118  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5119                                     llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5120    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5121  }
5122  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5123                                         FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5124                                         llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5125
5126  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5127  // C++ Template Instantiation
5128  //
5129
5130  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5131                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5132                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5133                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5134
5135  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5136  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5137    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5138    enum InstantiationKind {
5139      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5140      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5141      TemplateInstantiation,
5142
5143      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5144      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5145      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5146      /// arguments as specified.
5147      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5148      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5149
5150      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5151      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5152      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5153      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5154
5155      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5156      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5157      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5158
5159      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5160      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5161      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5162      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5163      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5164      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5165
5166      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5167      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5168      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5169      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5170
5171      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5172      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5173      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking
5174    } Kind;
5175
5176    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5177    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5178
5179    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5180    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5181    /// arguments.
5182    NamedDecl *Template;
5183
5184    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5185    uintptr_t Entity;
5186
5187    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5188    /// are not part of the entity.
5189    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5190
5191    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5192    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5193
5194    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5195    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5196    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5197
5198    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5199    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5200    /// template instantiation.
5201    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5202
5203    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5204      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5205        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5206
5207    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5208    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5209    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5210
5211    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5212                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5213      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5214        return false;
5215
5216      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5217        return false;
5218
5219      switch (X.Kind) {
5220      case TemplateInstantiation:
5221        return true;
5222
5223      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5224      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5225        if (X.Template != Y.Template)
5226          return false;
5227
5228        // Fall through
5229
5230      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5231      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5232      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5233      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5234        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5235
5236      }
5237
5238      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5239    }
5240
5241    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5242                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5243      return !(X == Y);
5244    }
5245  };
5246
5247  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5248  ///
5249  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5250  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5251  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5252  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5253  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5254    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5255
5256  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5257  /// template instantiation.
5258  ///
5259  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5260  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5261  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5262
5263  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5264  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5265  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5266  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5267
5268  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5269  /// error or warning was produced.
5270  ///
5271  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5272  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5273  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5274  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5275  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5276
5277  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5278  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5279  ///
5280  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5281  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5282  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5283  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5284
5285  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5286  /// within a \c Sema object.
5287  ///
5288  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5289  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5290    Sema &Self;
5291    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5292
5293  public:
5294    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5295      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5296      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5297    }
5298
5299    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5300      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5301    }
5302  };
5303
5304  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5305
5306  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5307  ///
5308  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5309  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5310  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5311
5312  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5313  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5314  /// deduction.
5315  ///
5316  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5317  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5318    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5319
5320  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5321  /// instantiation.
5322  ///
5323  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5324  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5325  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5326  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5327  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5328  ///
5329  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5330  /// the stack.
5331  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5332    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5333    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5334    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5335                          Decl *Entity,
5336                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5337
5338    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5339    /// template-id.
5340    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5341                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5342                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5343                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5344                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5345
5346    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5347    /// template-id.
5348    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5349                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5350                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5351                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5352                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
5353                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5354                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5355
5356    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
5357    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
5358    /// specialization.
5359    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5360                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
5361                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5362                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5363                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
5364                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5365
5366    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5367                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
5368                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5369                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5370                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5371
5372    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
5373    /// non-type or template template parameter.
5374    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5375                          NamedDecl *Template,
5376                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5377                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5378                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5379                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5380
5381    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5382                          NamedDecl *Template,
5383                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5384                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5385                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5386                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5387
5388    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
5389    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
5390    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5391                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5392                          NamedDecl *Param,
5393                          const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs,
5394                          unsigned NumTemplateArgs,
5395                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5396
5397
5398    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
5399    void Clear();
5400
5401    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
5402
5403    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
5404    /// recursive template instantiations.
5405    operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
5406
5407  private:
5408    Sema &SemaRef;
5409    bool Invalid;
5410    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5411    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5412                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
5413
5414    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented
5415
5416    InstantiatingTemplate&
5417    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented
5418  };
5419
5420  void PrintInstantiationStack();
5421
5422  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
5423  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
5424  /// errors.
5425  ///
5426  /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
5427  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
5428  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
5429  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
5430  llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
5431
5432  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
5433  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
5434  /// deduction.`
5435  class SFINAETrap {
5436    Sema &SemaRef;
5437    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
5438    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5439    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5440
5441  public:
5442    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
5443      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
5444        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
5445                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
5446        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
5447    {
5448      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
5449        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
5450      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5451    }
5452
5453    ~SFINAETrap() {
5454      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
5455      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
5456        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5457      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
5458    }
5459
5460    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
5461    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
5462      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
5463    }
5464  };
5465
5466  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
5467  /// variables.
5468  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
5469
5470  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
5471  unsigned TyposCorrected;
5472
5473  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
5474    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
5475
5476  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
5477  /// name lookup.
5478  ///
5479  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
5480  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
5481  /// string represents a keyword.
5482  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
5483
5484  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
5485  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
5486
5487  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
5488  ///
5489  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
5490  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
5491  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
5492  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
5493  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
5494  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
5495  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
5496
5497  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5498  /// but have not yet been performed.
5499  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
5500
5501  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
5502  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
5503  ///
5504  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
5505  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
5506  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
5507  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
5508  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
5509
5510  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
5511
5512  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5513                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5514                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5515
5516  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
5517                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5518                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5519
5520  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
5521                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5522                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
5523
5524  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5525                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5526                                        SourceLocation Loc,
5527                                        DeclarationName Entity,
5528                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
5529                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
5530  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
5531                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5532                                int indexAdjustment,
5533                                llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
5534                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
5535  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
5536                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5537                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5538                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5539                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
5540  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
5541                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5542
5543  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
5544  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
5545  ///
5546  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
5547  ///
5548  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
5549  ///
5550  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
5551  /// default arguments will be dropped.
5552  ///
5553  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
5554  ///
5555  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
5556  ///
5557  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5558  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
5559                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5560                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
5561
5562  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
5563                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5564
5565  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
5566                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5567
5568  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
5569                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5570                       bool CXXDirectInit);
5571
5572  bool
5573  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5574                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5575                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5576
5577  bool
5578  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5579                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
5580                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5581                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5582                   bool Complain = true);
5583
5584  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5585                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
5586                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5587                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5588
5589  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
5590    const Attr *TmplAttr;
5591    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
5592    Decl *NewDecl;
5593
5594    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
5595                              Decl *D)
5596      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
5597    { }
5598  };
5599  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
5600
5601  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5602                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
5603                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
5604                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
5605
5606  bool
5607  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5608                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5609                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
5610                           bool Complain = true);
5611
5612  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5613                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
5614                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5615                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5616
5617  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
5618                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5619                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
5620                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
5621
5622  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
5623  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
5624                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5625
5626  DeclarationNameInfo
5627  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5628                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5629  TemplateName
5630  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
5631                    SourceLocation Loc,
5632                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5633  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
5634             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
5635             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5636
5637  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5638                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
5639                                     bool Recursive = false,
5640                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5641  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
5642                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5643                                     VarDecl *Var,
5644                                     bool Recursive = false,
5645                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5646
5647  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
5648                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
5649                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5650
5651  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
5652                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5653  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
5654                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5655
5656  // Objective-C declarations.
5657  enum ObjCContainerKind {
5658    OCK_None = -1,
5659    OCK_Interface = 0,
5660    OCK_Protocol,
5661    OCK_Category,
5662    OCK_ClassExtension,
5663    OCK_Implementation,
5664    OCK_CategoryImplementation
5665  };
5666  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
5667
5668  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
5669                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
5670                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
5671                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
5672                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5673                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
5674                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
5675                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
5676                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
5677                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
5678
5679  Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias(
5680                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
5681                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
5682                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
5683
5684  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
5685    IdentifierInfo *PName,
5686    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
5687    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
5688
5689  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
5690                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
5691                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
5692                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
5693                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
5694                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
5695                    AttributeList *AttrList);
5696
5697  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
5698                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
5699                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
5700                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
5701                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
5702                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
5703                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
5704                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
5705                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
5706
5707  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
5708                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
5709                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
5710                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
5711                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
5712
5713  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
5714                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
5715                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
5716                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
5717                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
5718
5719  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
5720                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
5721
5722  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
5723                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
5724                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
5725                                     unsigned NumElts);
5726
5727  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
5728                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
5729                                        unsigned NumElts,
5730                                        AttributeList *attrList);
5731
5732  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
5733                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
5734                               unsigned NumProtocols,
5735                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
5736
5737  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
5738  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
5739  /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy.
5740  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
5741                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5742                                   unsigned &Attributes);
5743
5744  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
5745  /// setters and getters as needed.
5746  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
5747  /// \param DC The semantic container for the property
5748  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
5749  ///        in class extension.
5750  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
5751  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
5752                           ObjCContainerDecl *DC,
5753                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
5754                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
5755
5756  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
5757                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
5758                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
5759  void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
5760
5761  void CompareMethodParamsInBaseAndSuper(Decl *IDecl,
5762                                         ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
5763                                         bool IsInstance);
5764
5765  void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols);
5766
5767  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
5768                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
5769
5770  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
5771                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
5772
5773  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
5774                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
5775                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
5776                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
5777
5778  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
5779                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5780                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
5781                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
5782                      bool *OverridingProperty,
5783                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
5784                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
5785
5786  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
5787                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
5788                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
5789                              bool ImplKind,
5790                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
5791                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
5792                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
5793
5794  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
5795    OSMK_None,
5796    OSMK_Alloc,
5797    OSMK_New,
5798    OSMK_Copy,
5799    OSMK_RetainingInit,
5800    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
5801  };
5802
5803  struct ObjCArgInfo {
5804    IdentifierInfo *Name;
5805    SourceLocation NameLoc;
5806    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
5807    // in this case.
5808    ParsedType Type;
5809    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
5810
5811    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
5812    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
5813  };
5814
5815  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
5816    Scope *S,
5817    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
5818    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
5819    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
5820    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
5821    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
5822    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
5823    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
5824    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
5825    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
5826    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
5827    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
5828
5829  // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod.
5830  // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl.
5831  // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method.
5832  // Returns 0 if no method is found.
5833  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel,
5834                                           ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl);
5835  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel,
5836                                              ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl);
5837  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
5838                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
5839                                              bool IsInstance);
5840  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
5841                                           bool IsInstance);
5842
5843  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
5844
5845  ExprResult
5846  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
5847                            Expr *BaseExpr,
5848                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5849                            DeclarationName MemberName,
5850                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
5851                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
5852                            bool Super);
5853
5854  ExprResult
5855  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
5856                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
5857                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
5858                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
5859
5860  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
5861
5862  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
5863  /// send that starts with an identifier.
5864  enum ObjCMessageKind {
5865    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
5866    ObjCSuperMessage,
5867    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
5868    ObjCInstanceMessage,
5869    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
5870    /// name.
5871    ObjCClassMessage
5872  };
5873
5874  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
5875                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
5876                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
5877                                     bool IsSuper,
5878                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
5879                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
5880
5881  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5882                               Selector Sel,
5883                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
5884                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
5885                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
5886                               MultiExprArg Args);
5887
5888  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
5889                               QualType ReceiverType,
5890                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5891                               Selector Sel,
5892                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
5893                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
5894                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
5895                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
5896                               MultiExprArg Args,
5897                               bool isImplicit = false);
5898
5899  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
5900                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
5901                                       SourceLocation Loc,
5902                                       Selector Sel,
5903                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
5904                                       MultiExprArg Args);
5905
5906  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
5907                               ParsedType Receiver,
5908                               Selector Sel,
5909                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
5910                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
5911                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
5912                               MultiExprArg Args);
5913
5914  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
5915                                  QualType ReceiverType,
5916                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
5917                                  Selector Sel,
5918                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
5919                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
5920                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
5921                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
5922                                  MultiExprArg Args,
5923                                  bool isImplicit = false);
5924
5925  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
5926                                          QualType ReceiverType,
5927                                          SourceLocation Loc,
5928                                          Selector Sel,
5929                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
5930                                          MultiExprArg Args);
5931
5932  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
5933                                  Expr *Receiver,
5934                                  Selector Sel,
5935                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
5936                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
5937                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
5938                                  MultiExprArg Args);
5939
5940  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5941                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
5942                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
5943                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
5944                                  Expr *SubExpr);
5945
5946  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
5947                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5948                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
5949                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
5950                                  ParsedType Type,
5951                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5952                                  Expr *SubExpr);
5953
5954  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
5955
5956  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
5957  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
5958  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
5959                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
5960                               bool IsImplementation);
5961
5962  /// \brief Check whether the given method overrides any methods in its class,
5963  /// calling \c CheckObjCMethodOverride for each overridden method.
5964  bool CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, DeclContext *DC);
5965
5966  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
5967    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
5968    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
5969    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
5970    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
5971    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
5972    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
5973  };
5974
5975  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align.
5976  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
5977                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
5978                               SourceLocation KindLoc);
5979
5980  enum PragmaPackKind {
5981    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
5982    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
5983    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
5984    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
5985  };
5986
5987  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
5988    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
5989    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
5990  };
5991
5992  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...).
5993  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
5994                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
5995                       Expr *Alignment,
5996                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
5997                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5998                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5999
6000  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off].
6001  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6002
6003  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'.
6004  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6005                         Scope *curScope,
6006                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6007
6008  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... .
6009  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6010                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6011
6012  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6013                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6014  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6015
6016  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident.
6017  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6018                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6019                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6020
6021  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6022  /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6023  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6024                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6025                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6026                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6027                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6028
6029  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident.
6030  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6031                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6032                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6033                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6034                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6035
6036  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6037  /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6038  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6039
6040  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6041  /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'.
6042  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6043
6044  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6045  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6046
6047  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6048  void FreePackedContext();
6049
6050  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6051  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6052  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6053                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6054
6055  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6056  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6057  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6058
6059  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6060  /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6061  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6062
6063  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6064  void FreeVisContext();
6065
6066  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6067  /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6068  /// the appropriate attribute.
6069  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6070
6071  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6072  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E);
6073  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T);
6074
6075  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6076  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6077    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6078    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6079    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6080    CCK_CStyleCast,
6081    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6082    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6083    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6084    CCK_OtherCast
6085  };
6086
6087  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6088  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6089  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6090  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6091                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6092                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6093                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6094                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6095
6096  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6097  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6098  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6099
6100  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6101  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6102  /// required.
6103  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6104
6105  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6106  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6107  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6108
6109  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6110  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6111  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6112
6113  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6114  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6115  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6116  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6117
6118  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6119  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6120  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6121  // type.
6122  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6123
6124  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6125  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6126  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6127  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6128
6129  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6130  enum VariadicCallType {
6131    VariadicFunction,
6132    VariadicBlock,
6133    VariadicMethod,
6134    VariadicConstructor,
6135    VariadicDoesNotApply
6136  };
6137
6138  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6139  /// form of call prototypes.
6140  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6141                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6142                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6143                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6144                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6145                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6146                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6147                              bool AllowExplicit = false);
6148
6149  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6150  // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6151  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6152                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6153
6154  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6155  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6156  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6157  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6158  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6159  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6160                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6161
6162  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6163  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6164  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6165  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6166  /// source and destination type.
6167  enum AssignConvertType {
6168    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6169    Compatible,
6170
6171    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6172    /// accept as an extension.
6173    PointerToInt,
6174
6175    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6176    /// accept as an extension.
6177    IntToPointer,
6178
6179    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6180    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6181    FunctionVoidPointer,
6182
6183    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6184    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6185    IncompatiblePointer,
6186
6187    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6188    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6189    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6190    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6191    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6192
6193    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6194    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6195    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6196
6197    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6198    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6199    /// like address spaces.
6200    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6201
6202    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6203    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6204    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6205    /// extension.
6206    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6207
6208    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6209    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6210    IncompatibleVectors,
6211
6212    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6213    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6214    IntToBlockPointer,
6215
6216    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6217    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6218    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6219
6220    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6221    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6222    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6223    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6224
6225    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6226    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6227    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6228
6229    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6230    /// represent it in the AST.
6231    Incompatible
6232  };
6233
6234  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6235  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6236  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6237  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6238                                SourceLocation Loc,
6239                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6240                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6241                                bool *Complained = 0);
6242
6243  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6244  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6245  /// C99 6.5.16.
6246  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6247                                               QualType LHSType,
6248                                               QualType RHSType);
6249
6250  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6251  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6252  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6253                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6254                                               CastKind &Kind);
6255
6256  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6257  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6258  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6259  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6260                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6261                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6262
6263  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6264  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6265  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6266                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6267
6268  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6269
6270  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6271
6272  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6273                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6274                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6275  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6276                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6277                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6278                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6279  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6280                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6281                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6282                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6283                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6284  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6285                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6286                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6287                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6288
6289  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6290  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6291
6292  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6293  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6294                           ExprResult &RHS);
6295  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
6296    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
6297    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
6298  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6299    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
6300    bool IsDivide);
6301  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
6302    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6303    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6304  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6305    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6306    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6307  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
6308    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6309    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
6310  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
6311    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6312    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6313  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
6314    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6315                                bool isRelational);
6316  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
6317    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
6318    bool IsCompAssign = false);
6319  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6320    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
6321  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
6322  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
6323  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
6324  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
6325    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
6326
6327  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6328                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
6329  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6330                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
6331                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6332  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
6333  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
6334
6335  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
6336    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6337    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6338  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
6339    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
6340    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
6341  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
6342                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
6343  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
6344                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
6345                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
6346    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
6347    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
6348                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
6349    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
6350    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
6351    return Composite;
6352  }
6353
6354  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6355                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6356
6357  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
6358                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
6359
6360  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
6361  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6362                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
6363  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
6364  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6365                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
6366  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6367                                      SourceLocation Loc);
6368
6369  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
6370  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
6371
6372  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
6373
6374  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
6375  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
6376  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
6377  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
6378    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
6379    /// reference binding is not possible.
6380    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
6381    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
6382    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
6383    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
6384    Ref_Related,
6385    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
6386    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
6387    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
6388    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
6389    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
6390    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
6391    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
6392    Ref_Compatible
6393  };
6394
6395  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
6396                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
6397                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
6398                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
6399                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
6400
6401  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
6402                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
6403                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
6404
6405  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
6406  /// given type.
6407  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
6408
6409  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
6410  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6411  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
6412  // returns true if the cast is invalid
6413  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
6414                       CastKind &Kind);
6415
6416  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
6417  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
6418  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
6419  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
6420  // returns the cast expr
6421  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
6422                                CastKind &Kind);
6423
6424  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6425                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6426                                        Expr *CastExpr,
6427                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6428
6429  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
6430
6431  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
6432  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
6433  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
6434                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
6435                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6436
6437  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6438  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
6439
6440  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
6441                                             QualType ExprType);
6442
6443  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
6444  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
6445  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
6446  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
6447
6448  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6449  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
6450  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
6451
6452  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
6453  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
6454  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
6455
6456  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
6457  /// \param Method - May be null.
6458  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
6459  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
6460  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
6461                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel,
6462                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
6463                                 bool isSuperMessage,
6464                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
6465                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
6466
6467  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
6468  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
6469  /// and the form of the message send.
6470  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
6471                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6472                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
6473
6474  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
6475  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
6476  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
6477
6478  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
6479  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
6480  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
6481  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
6482  ///
6483  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
6484  /// 'if' keyword.
6485  /// \return true iff there were any errors
6486  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
6487
6488  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
6489                                   Expr *SubExpr);
6490
6491  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
6492  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
6493  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
6494
6495  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
6496  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
6497  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
6498
6499  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
6500  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
6501
6502  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
6503  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
6504  /// the specified diagnostic.
6505  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
6506                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
6507                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
6508
6509  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
6510  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
6511  /// in the global scope.
6512  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
6513
6514  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
6515  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
6516  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
6517  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6518                                             PartialDiagnostic Diag,
6519                                             bool AllowFold,
6520                                             PartialDiagnostic FoldDiag);
6521  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
6522                                             PartialDiagnostic Diag,
6523                                             bool AllowFold = true) {
6524    return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diag, AllowFold,
6525                                           PDiag(0));
6526  }
6527  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result = 0);
6528
6529  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
6530  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
6531  /// Returns false on success.
6532  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
6533  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
6534                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
6535                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
6536
6537  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
6538    CFT_Device,
6539    CFT_Global,
6540    CFT_Host,
6541    CFT_HostDevice
6542  };
6543
6544  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
6545
6546  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
6547                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
6548
6549  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
6550    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
6551                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
6552  }
6553
6554  /// \name Code completion
6555  //@{
6556  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
6557  enum ParserCompletionContext {
6558    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
6559    PCC_Namespace,
6560    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
6561    PCC_Class,
6562    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
6563    /// or category.
6564    PCC_ObjCInterface,
6565    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
6566    /// category implementation
6567    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
6568    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
6569    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
6570    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
6571    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6572    /// headers.
6573    PCC_Template,
6574    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
6575    /// headers within a class.
6576    PCC_MemberTemplate,
6577    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
6578    PCC_Expression,
6579    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
6580    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
6581    PCC_Statement,
6582    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
6583    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
6584    PCC_ForInit,
6585    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
6586    /// while, switch, or for statement.
6587    PCC_Condition,
6588    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
6589    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
6590    /// in the grammar.
6591    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
6592    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
6593    PCC_Type,
6594    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
6595    /// might also be a type cast.
6596    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
6597    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
6598    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
6599    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
6600  };
6601
6602  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
6603  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
6604                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
6605  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
6606                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
6607                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
6608
6609  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
6610  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
6611                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
6612  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6613                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
6614                                       bool IsArrow);
6615  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
6616  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
6617  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
6618  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
6619  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
6620  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
6621  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
6622  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
6623  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
6624
6625  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6626                               bool EnteringContext);
6627  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
6628  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
6629  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
6630  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
6631  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
6632  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
6633                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
6634                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
6635  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
6636                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
6637
6638  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
6639  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
6640  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
6641  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
6642  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
6643  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
6644  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
6645  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
6646                                   bool IsParameter);
6647  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
6648  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6649                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
6650                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
6651                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
6652  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
6653                                    IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
6654                                    unsigned NumSelIdents,
6655                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
6656                                    bool IsSuper = false);
6657  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
6658                                       IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
6659                                       unsigned NumSelIdents,
6660                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
6661                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
6662  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
6663                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
6664  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
6665                                IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
6666                                unsigned NumSelIdents);
6667  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
6668                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
6669  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
6670  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
6671  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
6672                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6673                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
6674  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
6675  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
6676                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6677                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
6678  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
6679                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6680                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
6681  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
6682  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
6683                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
6684  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
6685                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
6686                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
6687  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
6688                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
6689                                          bool AtParameterName,
6690                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
6691                                          IdentifierInfo **SelIdents,
6692                                          unsigned NumSelIdents);
6693  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
6694  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
6695  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
6696  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
6697  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
6698                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
6699                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
6700                                             unsigned Argument);
6701  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
6702  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
6703                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
6704                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
6705  //@}
6706
6707  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6708  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
6709
6710public:
6711  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
6712                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
6713
6714private:
6715  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
6716                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
6717                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
6718  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
6719  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall);
6720  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
6721                           Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs);
6722  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall);
6723
6724  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
6725
6726  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
6727  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
6728
6729  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
6730  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
6731  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
6732
6733public:
6734  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
6735  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
6736
6737private:
6738  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
6739  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
6740  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
6741  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
6742  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
6743                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
6744  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
6745                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
6746
6747  enum FormatStringType {
6748    FST_Scanf,
6749    FST_Printf,
6750    FST_NSString,
6751    FST_Strftime,
6752    FST_Strfmon,
6753    FST_Kprintf,
6754    FST_Unknown
6755  };
6756  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
6757  bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6758                              bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6759                              unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
6760                              bool inFunctionCall = true);
6761
6762  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
6763                         Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg,
6764                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
6765                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall);
6766
6767  void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall);
6768  void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args,
6769                            unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember,
6770                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
6771  void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6772                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
6773                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
6774                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
6775
6776  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
6777                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
6778                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
6779
6780  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6781                               unsigned BId,
6782                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
6783
6784  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6785                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
6786
6787  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
6788                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
6789
6790  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
6791                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
6792  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
6793  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
6794
6795  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
6796                                   Expr *Init);
6797
6798  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
6799  ///
6800  /// The parser maintains this state here.
6801  Scope *CurScope;
6802
6803protected:
6804  friend class Parser;
6805  friend class InitializationSequence;
6806  friend class ASTReader;
6807  friend class ASTWriter;
6808
6809public:
6810  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
6811  ///
6812  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
6813  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
6814  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
6815  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
6816  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
6817  /// template substitution or instantiation.
6818  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
6819
6820  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
6821
6822  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
6823    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
6824  }
6825
6826  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
6827};
6828
6829/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
6830class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
6831  Sema &Actions;
6832
6833public:
6834  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
6835                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
6836                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
6837                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
6838    : Actions(Actions) {
6839    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
6840                                            IsDecltype);
6841  }
6842
6843  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6844    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6845  }
6846};
6847
6848}  // end namespace clang
6849
6850#endif
6851